customer service record transaction cycleima edi 19.0 disclosure document document release: february...

251
Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html 1 Customer Service Record Transaction Cycle Table of Contents 2. CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD TRANSACTION CYCLE ............................................... 2 CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD (CSR) ....................................................................................... 2 2.1 BUSINESS DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 2 2.2 BUSINESS MODEL................................................................................................................ 4 2.3 MAPPING EXAMPLES............................................................................................................ 5 2.4 DATA DICTIONARY ............................................................................................................. 14 2.4.1 850 Customer Service Record Query (850CSRQ) - Version 4030 ........................ 14 2.4.2 855 Customer Service Record Response (855CSRR) - Version 4030 ................... 71

Upload: others

Post on 06-Jan-2020

6 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

1

Customer Service Record Transaction Cycle Table of Contents

2. CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD TRANSACTION CYCLE............................................... 2

CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD (CSR) ....................................................................................... 2 2.1 BUSINESS DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................... 2 2.2 BUSINESS MODEL................................................................................................................ 4 2.3 MAPPING EXAMPLES............................................................................................................ 5 2.4 DATA DICTIONARY............................................................................................................. 14

2.4.1 850 Customer Service Record Query (850CSRQ) - Version 4030 ........................ 14 2.4.2 855 Customer Service Record Response (855CSRR) - Version 4030 ................... 71

Page 2: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

2

2. Customer Service Record Transaction Cycle

Customer Service Record (CSR)

2.1 Business Description

Refer to the Qwest Wholesale Product Catalog - Pre-Ordering Overview

URL: http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/clecs/preordering.html

2.1.1 Query Type - Response Summary CSRQ Customer Service Record Query

For Large Accounts, use Partial CSRQ, otherwise use Full/Base Size CSRQ

CSRQ by TN for Full CSRs

1 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Good (RESPONSE =G)

2 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Bad (RESPONSE = B)

3 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND = T), for Full CSR/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)

CSRQ by TN for Partial CSRs

1 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]

Good (RESPONSE =G)

2 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]

Bad (RESPONSE = B)

3 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]

Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)

4 CSRQ by TN & Address (SERVIND=T), for [Partial CSR/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C or D)]

Mixed Incomplete (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=I)

CSRQ by Non-TN for Full CSRs

1 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Good (RESPONSE =G)

2 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Bad (RESPONSE = B)

3 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for FULL/Base Size (INQACT=A)

Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)

CSRQ by Non-TN for Partial CSRs

1 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)

Good (RESPONSE =G)

Page 3: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

3

CSRQ Customer Service Record Query 2 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for

[Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)Bad (RESPONSE = B)

3 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)

Mixed Multiple Match (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=M)

4 CSRQ by Non-TN (ECCKT- ISDN, etc) (SERVIND=N), for [Partial/Base Size OR Larger than Base Size (INQACT=C OR D)

Mixed Incomplete (RESPONSE = M, MIXTYP=I)

Page 4: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

4

2.2 Business Model

Customer Service Record Customer Service Record provides Co-Provider the ability to query for and receive information regarding the listing, billing and services related information associated with an account number.

EDITranslator/Gateway

EDITranslator/Gateway

IMA OSS

QwestCo-Provider

850CSRQCustomer Service

RecordQuery

BadResponse

1

2

3

Customer Service Record

PassIMAedits

NO855CSRR(BAD)

855CSRR(BAD)

Multiple MatchResponse

855CSRR5 Exact MatchResponse

4855CSRR

(MULTIPLE)850CSRQ

1. Co-Provider submits an 850CSRQ by providing either an account number, a telephone

number, or an ECCKT. 2. If the 850CSRQ fails the IMA edits, 855CSRR (BAD) will be returned.

If the 850CSRQ passes the IMA edits, the query will be sent to the Operations Support System (OSS). This system will respond with one of three conditions: BAD, MULTIPLE or EXACT.

3. 855CSRR (BAD) will be returned when the 850CSRQ encounters any error(s) with the OSS. 4. An 855CSRR (MULTIPLE) will be returned when more than one CSR exists for the requested

telephone number or ECCKT. A new 850CSRQ can be submitted to resolve the multiple match situation.

5. An 855CSRR (EXACT), including listing, billing, and Service/Equipment sections (S&E), will

be returned when the CSR is found in the legacy systems.

Page 5: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

5

2.3 Mapping Examples

2.3.1 850 CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD QUERY (850CSRQ) – Version 4030 Symbol/Definition Example Bold/Italics = DWS Element PON Bold/Italics with Underline = An Element Code Conversion requirement

ACT

Superscript = DWS Ref # CSRQ-2

DWS used in this Mapping Example: CSR CSRQ = Customer Service Record Query CSRR = Customer Service Record Response

Italics = Literal GOOD { } = Valid Format {CCYYMMDD} [ ] = Segment notes for this line [SI Segment repeats …] ( ) = Element notes for this line (This element states …) n Counter 1…n * = Element separator in this example and related Data Dictionary

| = Actual element separator in an EDI transaction

> = Sub-Element Separator in this example and related Data Dictionary

Non-printable characters of “0x1f” = Actual sub-element separator in an EDI transaction

ST*850*TRAN SET CONTROL # BEG*28*IN*TXNUMCSRQ-3**PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information) REF*8X*RTNMETHCSRQ-8*RTNMETH PAM*B3*QRCSRQ-62*EA DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-4*D/TSENT{HHMM}CSRQ-4 DTM*270*DATED{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-11 DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRQ-7a SI*TI*IR*TXACTCSRQ-6*IQ*TXTYPCSRQ-5

SI*TI*LB*LTXACTCSRQ-91

PID*S**TI*AO***SO-RSQ*AGAUTHCSRQ-9 PID*S**TI*USOCDESCIND***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCINDCSRQ-7

PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVINDCSRQ-36

N1*78*CCNACSRQ-1

N1*BY**25*CCCSRQ-2

N1*CA**25*LCCCSRQ-90

N1*AN*AUTHNMCSRQ-10

CUSTOMER INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST TN [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVINDCSRQ-36 = ‘T’] SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTNCSRQ-34

PER*OC**EM*EMAILCSRQ-33 N1*BY*CUSTNAME

N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-38 REF*IX*REFNUMCSRQ-37*REFNUM N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-31

NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-14

Page 6: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

6

NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-17

NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-16

NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-30

NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-19

NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-13

NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-15

NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-18

SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-12

CUSTOMER INFORMATION CIRCUITS PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘N’] SI*TI*CN*ECCKTCSRQ-35

PER*OC**EM*EMAILCSRQ-33 N1*BY*CUSTNAME

N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-38 REF*IX*REFNUMCSRQ-37*REFNUM N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-31

NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-14

NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-17

NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-16

NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-30

NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-19

NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-13

NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-15

NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-18

SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-12

ECCKT PARTIAL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACTCSRQ-6 = ‘C’ or

‘D’ and SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘N’] SI*TI*CN*ECCKTCSRQ-60

N1*BY*CUSTNAME N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-61 N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-58

NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-41

NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-44

NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-43

NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-57

NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-46

NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-40

NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-42

NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-45

SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-39

WTN PARTIAL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*WTN [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACTCSRQ-6 = ‘C’ or ‘D’ and

SERVINDCSRQ-36 =‘T’][PO1 Loop repeats QRCSRQ-62 times]

SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTNCSRQ-63

N1*BY*CUSTNAME N2*CUSTNAMECSRQ-64

Page 7: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

7

N1*IT*ADDRESS N4**STATECSRQ-84

NX2*01*SANOCSRQ-67

NX2*02*SASNCSRQ-70

NX2*03*SASDCSRQ-69

NX2*07*CITYCSRQ-83

NX2*40*SASSCSRQ-72

NX2*59*SAPRCSRQ-66

NX2*61*SASFCSRQ-68

NX2*62*SATHCSRQ-71

SI*TI*AF*AFTCSRQ-65

LSTR QUERY SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LSTR [PO1 Loop will be used if TXTYPCSRQ-6 = M] SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRQ-94

SI*TI*F5*FCCCSRQ-98

SI*TI*LE*REC TYPECRSQ-93 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRQ-92

SI*TI*R7*REGIONCSRQ-97 REF*6O*REFCSRQ-96 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRQ-95

CTT*Number of PO1 Segments SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL #

Page 8: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

8

2.3.2 855 CUSTOMER SERVICE RECORD RESPONSE (855CSRR) – Version 4030 ST*855*TRAN SET CONTROL # BAK*11*AT*TXNUMCSRR-3*PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)

REF*11*ANCSRR-13*AN REF*76*MATCHQTYCSRR-184 REF*8X*RTNMETHCSRR-8*RTNMETH REF*ACC*LRESPONSECSRR-155*LRESPONSE REF*ACC*MIXTYPECSRR-12*MIXTYPE REF*ACC*RESPONSECSRR-11*RESPONSE REF*DP*DEPTCSRR-22*DEPT REF*LU*LOCNCSRR-23*LOCN PAM*4A*WTNNUMCSRR-107a*EA PAM*76*MAJHDNUMCSRR-92*EA PAM*FT*PENDING ORDER QTYCSRR-135a*EA PAM*P6*WTNSECNUMCSRR-107b*EA PAM*QD*PGRTNDCSRR-9*EA PAM*TC*CSRSIZECSRR-10*EA DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-4*D/TSENT{HHMM}CSRR-4

DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-7b DTM*825****UN*ORIGDATECSRR-16 SI*TI*IR*TXACTCSRR-6*IQ*TXTYPCSRR-5*BT*CSCSRR-17*CN*ECCKTCSRR-14 SI*TI*LB*LTXACTCSRR-154

PID*S**TI*USOCDESAV***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCAVAILCSRR-7 PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESCCSRR-21

PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVINDCSRR-15

PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATINDCSRR-20

PID*X**TI*VCSRIND*VCSRCSRR-7a N1*78*CCNACSRR-1

N1*EV*RSIDCSRR-18 N1*EN*CUSTCODECSRR-19 N1*BY**25*CCCSRR-2 N1*CA**25*LCCCSRR-153

BAD PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BAD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =

‘B’ or MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘E’, ‘F’, or ‘I’] QTY*03*ERRNUM CSRR-137*EA N9*1Q*ERRCODECSRR-138*ERR [N9 Loop repeats ERRNUMCSRR-137 times] MTX**ERRMESGCSRR-139

ERROR DETAILS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADLST [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘B’] QTY*03*LERRNUMCSRR-196 N9*1Q*LERRCODECSRR-197 [N9 Loop repeats LERRNUMCSRR-196 times] MTX**LERRMESGCSRR-198

FILE NAME and PATH SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PATH [PO1 Loop will be used if MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘F’] N9*EV*FILENAMEPATH MTX**FILENAMEPATHCSRR-136

Page 9: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

9

WTN/ECCKT ERROR SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADWTN [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =

‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘T’] QTY*03*ERRNUMCSRR-141*EA N9*82*ERRSUMMSG MTX**ERRSUMMSGCSRR-140 SLN*ERRINFO*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats ERRNUMCSRR-141 times] MTX**ERRMSGCSRR-145

N9*1Q*INDEXIDCSRR-142*INDEXID N9*1Q*WTN/ECCKTCSRR-143*WTN/ECCKT N9*1Q*ERRTYPECSRR-144*ERRTYPE

MULTIPLE MATCH SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MULTIPLE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’

and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘M’] PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESCCSRR-135 QTY*76*MATCHNUMCSRR-108*EA SLN*MATCH*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats MATCHNUMCSRR-108 times] SI*TI*BT*CSCSRR-133 PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATINDCSRR-134

N1*BY*CUST

N2*CUSTNAMECSRR-111 N4**STATECSRR-131 NX2*01*SANOCSRR-114 NX2*02*SASNCSRR-117

NX2*03*SASDCSRR-116

NX2*07*CITYCSRR-130

NX2*40*SASSCSRR-119

NX2*59*SAPRCSRR-113

NX2*61*SASFCSRR-115 NX2*62*SATHCSRR-118

REF*11*ANCSRR-110*AN REF*IX*REFNUMCSRR-109*REFNUM

LISTINGS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LIST [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 =

‘G’ and SERVINDCSRR-14a = ‘T’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’]

QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-61*EA N9*H7*LOC*AAI MTX**AAICSRR-57

N1*DH*LISTADD IN2*01*TITLE1CSRR-28*TITLE1 IN2*01*TITLE2CSRR-29*TITLE2 IN2*02*LNFNCSRR-25*LNFNCSRR-25 IN2*05*LNLNCSRR-24 IN2*10*TLCSRR-27*TL IN2*18*NICKCSRR-30 IN2*21*DESCSRR-26 N4**LASTCSRR-40*LAZCCSRR-41

NX2*01*LANOCSRR-32

NX2*02*LASNCSRR-35

Page 10: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

10

NX2*03*LASDCSRR-34 NX2*07*LALOCCSRR-39

NX2*18*LALOCSRR-38 NX2*40*LASSCSRR-37 NX2*59*LAPRCSRR-31 NX2*61*LASFCSRR-33 NX2*62*LATHCSRR-36 N1*IT*NAMECSRR-42 N4**STATECSRR-59*ZIPCSRR-60

NX2*01*SANOCSRR-45 NX2*02*SASNCSRR-48 NX2*03*SASDCSRR-47 NX2*07*CITYCSRR-58

NX2*40*SASSCSRR-50 NX2*59*SAPRCSRR-44 NX2*61*SASFCSRR-46

NX2*62*SATHCSRR-49 NX2*LD1CSRR-51*LV1CSRR-52

NX2*LD2CSRR-53*LV2CSRR-54

NX2*LD3CSRR-55*LV3CSRR-56 SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA****SH*RTYCSRR-64a [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-61 times] SI*TI*BO*BROCSRR-64u SI*TI*BR*TOACSRR-64v SI*TI*LB*ALICSRR-64n SI*TI*LE*LTYCSRR-64b SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-64f SI*TI*NS*NSTNCSRR-64c SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-64e PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTNCSRR-64d PID*S**TI*AS***SO-RSQ*LNPLCSRR-64g PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADICSRR-64q PID*S**TI*AW***SO-RSQ*DMLCSRR-64r PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSLCSRR-64s PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKTCSRR-64t

QTY*N4*FFIDNUM CSRR-65*EA N9*82*PLA MTX**PLACSRR-64h N9*82*LTXTY*LTXTYCSRR-64o MTX**LTEXTCSRR-64p N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-63*LFID

MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-64 N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-66*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-65 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-67

N1*DH*LISTINGS IN2*01*TITLE1DCSRR-64m*TITLE1D IN2*10*TLCSRR-64i*TL IN2*10*TLDCSRR-64k*TLD IN2*12*DESDCSRR-64l*DESD

BILLING SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BILL [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘G’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’] QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-76*EA

Page 11: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

11

N1*X1*BILLNMCSRR-68 N2*SBILLNMCSRR-69 N1*IT*BADD N4**STATECSRR-74*ZIPCSRR-75

NX2*02*STREETCSRR-70 NX2*07*CITYCSRR-73

NX2*32*FLOORCSRR-71 NX2*35*ROOM/MAIL STOPCSRR-72 SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-76 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-79*EA N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-77*LFID MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-78 N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-80*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-79 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-81

SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT [This Section will be used if RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘G’ or RESPONSECSRR-11 = ‘M’ and MIXTYPECSRR-12 = ‘I’ or ‘T’] Services and Equipment Section includes USOC Section, Major Heading Section, and Feature and Feature Detail Section.

USOC SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEUSOC QTY*P6*USOCNUMCSRR-82*EA SLN*USOC *n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUMCSRR-82 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-89*EA QTY*P6*USOCQTYCSRR-85*EA SI*TI*SC*USOCCSRR-83

N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-90*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-89 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-91

N9*P4*USOCDESC MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-84

MAJOR HEADING SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEMAJHD [PO1 Loop repeats MAJHDNUMCSRR-92 times] PID*X**TI*HEADNAMECSRR-93*HEADDTLCSRR-94**MAJHD QTY*P6*USOCNUMCSRR-98*EA QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-95*EA N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-96*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-95 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-97

SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUMCSRR-98 times] QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-105*EA QTY*P6*USOCQTYCSRR-101*EA SI*TI*SC*USOCCSRR-99

N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-106*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-105 times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-107

N9*P4*USOCDESC MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-100

FEATURE and FEATURE DETAIL SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*FEATURE [PO1 Loop repeats WTNSECNUMCSRR-107b times]

Page 12: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

12

SI*TI*LZ*LSCPCSRR-107f

SI*TI*PE*PULCSRR-107h SI*TI*TB*BLOCKCSRR-107g SI*TI*WT*WTNCSRR-107c

QTY*AT*FEATNUMCSRR-107s*EA QTY*N4*LFIDNUMCSRR-107i*EA N1*P9**41*PIC N2*PICCSRR-107d N1*8V**41*LPIC N2*LPICCSRR-107e SLN*FEATURE*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats FEATNUMCSRR-107s times] QTY*TO*FEATDETNUMCSRR-107w*EA N9*IX*FEATDETCSRR107x*FEATDET [N9 Loop repeats FEATDETNUMCSRR-107w times] MTX**FEATDETDATACSRR-107y

N9*IX*FEATQTYCSRR-107t*FEATQTY N9*L1*FEATURECSRR-107u MTX**USOCDESCCSRR-107v SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUMCSRR-107i times] SI*TI*HG*HIDCSRR-107n

SI*TI*HY*HNTYPCSRR-107m

SI*TI*T5*TERSCSRR-107l

QTY*N4*FFIDNUMCSRR-107p*EA N9*55*HTSEQ MTX**HTSEQCSRR-107o N9*JH*LFIDCSRR-107j*LFID MTX**LFIDDATACSRR-107k N9*JH*FFIDCSRR-107q*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUMCSRR-107p times] MTX**FFIDDATACSRR-107r

EXACT MATCH RESPONSE SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*EMRS*SH*RTYCSRR-168*LS*SOCSRR-183 [PO1 Loop will be used if

LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘G’] SI*TI*BO*BROCSRR-173

SI*TI*BR*TOACSRR-170

SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRR-161

SI*TI*DG*DOICSRR-171 SI*TI*DN*DIRNAMECSRR-160 SI*TI*LE*LTYCSRR-169 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-156 SI*TI*NS*NSTNCSRR-175 SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-182 SI*TI*TY*TOSCSRR-159 PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTNCSRR-178 PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADICSRR-180 PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSLCSRR-179 PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKTCSRR-172

REF*6O*REFCSRR-163 REF*LI*ALICSRR-167 DTM*198*SCD{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-157 QTY*31*DIRQTYACSRR-166*DY N9*82*PLA MTX**PLACSRR-177 N9*JD*LISTNAME MTX**LISTNMCSRR-176

Page 13: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

13

N9*JD*LIST ADDRESS MTX**LISTADRCSRR-181 N9*LU*SERVICE ADDRESS MTX**SERVADRCSRR-164 N9*KK*DELIVERY ADDRESS MTX**DELIVERY ADDRESSCSRR-165 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRR-162

MULTIPLE MATCH RESPONSE SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MMRS [PO1 Loop will be used if

LRESPONSECSRR-155 = ‘M’] [PO1 Loop repeats MATCHQTYCSRR-184 times]

SI*TI*DB*DIRIDLCSRR-188 SI*TI*DN*DIRNAMECSRR-187 SI*TI*F5*FCCCSRR-195 SI*TI*LE*REC TYPECSRR-186 SI*TI*LN*LTNCSRR-185 SI*TI*MM*TMF CODECSRR-193 SI*TI*R7*REGIONCSRR-194 SI*TI*TW*STYCCSRR-192 REF*6O*REFCSRR-190 REF*LI*ALICSRR-191 N1*1A*NAME CONTROLCSRR-189

PENDING ORDERS SECTION PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PNDODRS [[PO1 Loop repeats PENDING ORDER

QTYCSRR-135a times] PID*S**TI*DB***SO-RSQ*MERGE INDICATORCSRR-135d

REF*OW*ORDER NUMBERCSRR-135b

DTM*AAG*ORDER DUE DATE{CCYYMMDD}CSRR-135c

CTT*Number of PO1 segments SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#

Page 14: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

14

2.4 Data Dictionary

2.4.1 850 Customer Service Record Query (850CSRQ) - Version 4030

Functional Group ID=PO Introduction: The 850CSRQ will be used by the Co-Provider to initiate a Customer Service Record Query to Qwest. This implementation guideline is based on the following: 1. ANSI ASC X12 Version 4030 2. LSOG 6 where applicable and Qwest assigned fields 3. OBF ESOC Guidelines, ELMS 6 Notes: This 850 Transaction includes the mapping for Customer Service Record Query. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order M 1 0500 REF Reference Identification O >1 0950 PAM Period Amount O 10 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1850 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1900 PID Product/Item Description O 200 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3100 N1 Name O 1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER

INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS M 1 n1

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1100 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1

Page 15: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

15

3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER

INFORMATION CIRCUITS M 1 n2

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1100 PER Administrative Communications Contact O 3 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 3900 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - ECCKT PARTIAL

SECTION M 1 n3

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN PARTIAL

SECTION M 1 n4

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3600 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1 3800 N4 Geographic Location O 1 3850 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 4050 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 M 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - LSTR QUERY

SECTION M 1 n5

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3500 N1 Name O 1

Page 16: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

16

Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n6 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. PO102 is required. 3. PO102 is required. 4. PO102 is required. 5. PO102 is required. 6. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If

used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.

Page 17: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

17

Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation

routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition.

Comments: Notes: ST*850*TRAN SET CONTROL #

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 850 Purchase Order M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set

Page 18: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

18

Segment: BEG Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Transaction Set and

transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BEG05 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. Comments:

Notes: BEG*28*IN*TXNUM (CSRQ-3)**PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BEG01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 28 Query M BEG02 92 Purchase Order Type Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of Purchase Order IN Information Copy M BEG03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the

orderer/purchaser TXNUM (CSRQ-3) = Transaction Number M BEG05 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year PO Date = Purchase Order Date (See Trading Partner Access

Information)

Page 19: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

19

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*8X*RTNMETH (CSRQ-8)*RTNMETH

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 8X Transaction Category or Type REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier RTNMETH (CSRQ-8) = Return Method Requested REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content "RTNMETH"

Page 20: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

20

Segment: PAM Period Amount Position: 0950 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To indicate a quantity, and/or amount for an identified period Syntax Notes: 1 If any of PAM01 PAM02 or PAM03 is present, then all are required. 2 At least one of PAM02 PAM05 or PAM14 is required. 3 If either PAM04 or PAM05 is present, then the other is required. 4 If PAM07 is present, then PAM06 is required. 5 If PAM08 is present, then PAM07 is required. 6 If PAM09 is present, then PAM07 is required. 7 If PAM10 is present, then at least one of PAM11 or PAM12 is

required. 8 If PAM11 is present, then PAM10 is required. 9 If either PAM13 or PAM14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAM10, PAM11, or PAM12 are used when two dates are required. 2 PAM15 indicates whether the monetary amount identified in PAM05

is a net or gross value. A "Y" indicates amount is a gross value; an "N" indicates amount is a net value.

Comments: Notes: PAM*B3*QR (CSRQ-62)*EA

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAM01 673 Quantity Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity B3 Requested Amount PAM02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity QR (CSRQ-62) = Quantity of Numbers Requested PAM03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 21: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

21

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-4)*D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRQ-4) DTM*270*DATED{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-11) DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRQ-7a)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 097 Transaction Creation 270 Date Filed 600 As Of DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year D/TSENT (CSRQ-4) = Date Sent

DATED (CSRQ-11) = CSR Authorization Date CSR DATE (CSRQ-7) = CSR Date

DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS,

or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRQ-4) = Time Sent

Page 22: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

22

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 1850 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*IR*TXACT (CSRQ-6)*IQ*TXTYP (CSRQ-5)

SI*TI*LB*LTXACT (CSRQ-91)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics IR Transaction Activity LB Listing Activity Indicator M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXACT (CSRQ-6) = Transaction Activity

LTXACT (CSRQ-91) = LSTR Transaction Activity SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics IQ Inquiry Type SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXTYP (CSRQ-5) = Transaction Type

Page 23: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

23

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 1900 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*S**TI*AO***SO-RSQ*AGAUTH (CSRQ-9) PID*S**TI*CQ***SO-RSQ*FEATDESCIND (CSRQ-7) PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVIND (CSRQ-36)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic AO Agency Authorization Status CQ English USOC/Feature Descriptiom Indicator SERVIND Service Indicator PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = Service Indicator PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15

Page 24: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

24

A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source Qualifier

SO-RSQ Service Order - Reseller Questions List PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response AGAUTH (CSRQ-9) = Agency Authorization Status

FEATCDESCIND (CSRQ-7) = English Feature Description Indicator Y Yes

Page 25: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

25

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*78*CCNA (CSRQ-1)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 78 Service Requester N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CCNA (CSRQ-1) = Customer Carrier Name Abbreviation

Page 26: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

26

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY**25*CC (CSRQ-2)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code CC (CSRQ-2) = Company Code

Page 27: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

27

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*CA**25*LCC (CSRQ-90)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual CA Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code LCC (CSRQ-2) = LSTR Company

Page 28: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

28

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*AN*AUTHNM (CSRQ-10)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual AN Authorized From A geographic location designated as an authorized

pick-up or origin point for a shipment N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name AUTHNM (CSRQ-10) = CSR Authorization Name

Page 29: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

29

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER INFORMATION TELEPHONE NUMBERS

Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST TN [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'T']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "CUST TN"

Page 30: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

30

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTN (CSRQ-34)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics SA Service Activity M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service R Record Information SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics WT Working Telephone Number SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service WTN (CSRQ-34) = Working Telephone Number

Page 31: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

31

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 1100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications

should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: PER*OC**EM*EMAIL (CSRQ-33)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group

named OC Order Contact PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable EMAIL (CSRQ-33) = Email Address

Page 32: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

32

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUSTNAME"

Page 33: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

33

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38) = Customer Name

Page 34: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

34

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRQ-37)*REFNUM

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REFNUM (CSRQ-37) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content "REFNUM"

Page 35: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

35

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"

Page 36: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

36

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-31)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRQ-31) = State/Province

Page 37: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

37

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-14) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-17) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-16) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-30) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-19) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-13) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-15) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-18)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-14) = Service Address Number

SASN (CSRQ-17) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-16) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-30) = City SASS (CSRQ-19) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-13) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-15) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-18) = Service Address Street Type

Page 38: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

38

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-12)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-12) = Address Format Type

Page 39: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

39

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - CUSTOMER INFORMATION CIRCUITS Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*CUST ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'N']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "CUST ECCKT"

Page 40: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

40

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*CN*ECCKT (CSRQ-35)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRQ-35) = Exchange Company Circuit ID

Page 41: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

41

Segment: PER Administrative Communications Contact Position: 1100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 3 Purpose: To identify a person or office to whom administrative communications

should be directed Syntax Notes: 1 If either PER03 or PER04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either PER05 or PER06 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either PER07 or PER08 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: PER*OC**EM*EMAIL (CSRQ-33)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PER01 366 Contact Function Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the major duty or responsibility of the person or group

named OC Order Contact PER03 365 Communication Number Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of communication number EM Electronic Mail PER04 364 Communication Number X 1 AN 1/256 Complete communications number including country or area code when

applicable EMAIL (CSRQ-33) = Email Address

Page 42: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

42

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUSTNAME"

Page 43: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

43

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-38) = Customer Name

Page 44: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

44

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 3900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRQ-37)*REFNUM

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REFNUM (CSRQ-37) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content "REFNUM"

Page 45: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

45

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"

Page 46: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

46

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-31)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRQ-31) = State/Province

Page 47: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

47

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-14) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-17) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-16) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-30) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-19) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-13) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-15) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-18)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-14) = Service Address Number

SASN (CSRQ-17) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-16) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-30) = City SASS (CSRQ-19) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-13) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-15) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-18) = Service Address Street Type

Page 48: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

48

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-12)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-12) = Address Format Type

Page 49: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

49

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - ECCKT PARTIAL SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*ECCKT [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'C' or 'D' and SERVIND (CSRQ-36) = 'N']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "ECCKT"

Page 50: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

50

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*CN*ECCKT (CSRQ-60)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRQ-60) = Exchange Company Circuit ID

Page 51: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

51

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME

Page 52: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

52

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-61)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-61) = Customer Name

Page 53: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

53

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"

Page 54: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

54

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-58)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRQ-58) = State/Province

Page 55: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

55

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-41) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-44) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-43) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-57) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-46) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-40) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-42) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-45)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-41) = Service Address Number

SASN (CSRQ-44) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-43) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-57) = City SASS (CSRQ-46) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-40) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-42) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-45) = Service Address Street Type

Page 56: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

56

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-39)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-39) = Address Format Type

Page 57: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

57

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN PARTIAL SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*WTN [PO1 Loop will be used if TXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'C' or 'D' and SERVIND (CSRQ-36) ='T'] [PO1 Loop repeats QR (CSRQ-62) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "WTN"

Page 58: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

58

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SA*R*WT*WTN (CSRQ-63)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics SA Service Activity M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service R Record Information SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics WT Working Telephone Number SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service WTN (CSRQ-63) = Working Telephone Number

Page 59: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

59

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUSTNAME

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME

Page 60: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

60

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3600 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRQ-64)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRQ-64) = Customer Name

Page 61: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

61

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*ADDRESS

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "ADDRESS"

Page 62: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

62

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRQ-84)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRQ-84) = State/Province

Page 63: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

63

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRQ-67) NX2*02*SASN (CSRQ-70) NX2*03*SASD (CSRQ-69) NX2*07*CITY (CSRQ-83) NX2*40*SASS (CSRQ-72) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRQ-66) NX2*61*SASF (CSRQ-68) NX2*62*SATH (CSRQ-71)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRQ-67) = Service Address Number

SASN (CSRQ-70) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRQ-69) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRQ-83) = City SASS (CSRQ-72) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRQ-66) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRQ-68) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRQ-71) = Service Address Street Type

Page 64: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

64

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*AF*AFT (CSRQ-65)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics AF Address Format Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service AFT (CSRQ-65) = Address Format Type

Page 65: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

65

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - LSTR QUERY SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LSTR [PO1 Loop will be used if LTXACT (CSRQ-6) = 'M']

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "LSTR"

Page 66: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

66

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRQ-94)

SI*TI*F5*FCC (CSRQ-98) SI*TI*LE*REC TYPE (CSRQ-93) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRQ-92) SI*TI*R7*REGION (CSRQ-97)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics DB Directory Book F5 File Control LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number R7 Region M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service DIRIDL (CSRQ-94) = Directory Identifier

FCC (CSRQ-98) = File Control Code REC TYPE (CSRQ-93) = Record Type LTN (CSRQ-92) = Listed Telephone Number REGION (CSRQ-97) = Region

Page 67: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

67

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Mandatory Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*60*REF (CSRQ-96)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRQ-96) = Reference

Page 68: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

68

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3500 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRQ-95)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRQ-64) = Name Control

Page 69: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

69

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate

transaction completeness and correctness. Notes: CTT*Number of PO1 Segments

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set

Page 70: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

70

Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the

transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Notes: SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST

and SE segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set

Page 71: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

71

2.4.2 855 Customer Service Record Response (855CSRR) - Version 4030

Functional Group ID=PR Introduction: The 855CSRR will be used by Qwest to respond to a Customer Service Record Query from the Co-Provider. This implementation guideline is based on the following: 1. ANSI ASC X12 Version 4030 2. LSOG 6 where applicable and Qwest assigned fields 3. OBF ESOC Guidelines, ELMS 6 Notes: This 855 Transaction includes mapping for Customer Service Record Response. Heading: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments M 0100 ST Transaction Set Header M 1 M 0200 BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order

Acknowledgment M 1

0500 REF Reference Identification O >1 0950 PAM Period Amount O 10 1500 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 1850 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1900 PID Product/Item Description O 200 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3000 N1 Name O 1 Detail: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - BAD O 1 n1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1

Page 72: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

72

3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - ERROR DETAILS

SECTION O 1 n2

LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - FILE NAME and

PATH SECTION O 1 n3

LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN/ECCKT ERROR

SECTION O 1 n4

LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 4950 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH

SECTION O 1 n5

LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 5100 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 LOOP ID - N1 10 5760 N1 Name O 1 5780 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 5900 N4 Geographic Location O 1 6000 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 6100 REF Reference Identification O 12 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - LISTINGS SECTION O 1 n6

Page 73: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

73

LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3850 IN2 Individual Name Structure Components O >1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 5100 PID Product/Item Description O 1000 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 10 5760 N1 Name O 1 5790 IN2 Individual Name Structure Components O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - BILLING SECTION O 1 n7 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 4000 N4 Geographic Location O 1 4050 NX2 Location ID Component O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1

Page 74: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

74

5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - USOC SECTION

(Services and Equipment Section) O 1 n8

LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - SLN 1000 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 5610 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MAJOR HEADING

SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)

O 1 n9

LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 5610 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1

Page 75: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

75

5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - FEATURE and

FEATURE DETAIL SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)

O 1 n10

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 3800 N2 Additional Name Information O 2 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - SLN >1 4900 SLN Subline Item Detail O 1 5000 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - QTY >1 5590 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 >1 5630 N9 Reference Identification O 1 5650 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - EXACT MATCH

RESPONSE SECTION O 1 n11

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10

Page 76: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

76

LOOP ID - QTY >1 3000 QTY Quantity O 1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N9 1000 3500 N9 Reference Identification O 1 3600 MTX Text O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH

RESPONSE SECTION O 1 n12

0180 SI Service Characteristic Identification O >1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 LOOP ID - N1 200 3700 N1 Name O 1 LOOP ID - PO1 100000 0100 PO1 Baseline Item Data - PENDING ORDERS

SECTION O 1 n13

LOOP ID - PID 1000 0500 PID Product/Item Description O 1 1000 REF Reference Identification O >1 2000 DTM Date/Time Reference O 10 Summary: Pos. Seg. Req. Loop Notes and No. ID Name Des. Max.Use Repeat Comments LOOP ID - CTT 1 0100 CTT Transaction Totals O 1 n14 M 0300 SE Transaction Set Trailer M 1 Transaction Set Notes 1. PO102 is required. 2. PO102 is required. 3. PO102 is required. 4. PO102 is required. 5. PO102 is required. 6. PO102 is required. 7. PO102 is required.

Page 77: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

77

8. PO102 is required. 9. PO102 is required. 10. PO102 is required. 11. PO102 is required. 12. PO102 is required. 13. PO102 is required. 14. The number of line items (CTT01) is the accumulation of the number of PO1 segments. If

used, hash total (CTT02) is the sum of the value of quantities ordered (PO102) for each PO1 segment.

Page 78: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

78

Segment: ST Transaction Set Header Position: 0100 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the start of a transaction set and to assign a control number Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 The transaction set identifier (ST01) is used by the translation

routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate transaction set definition (e.g., 810 selects the Invoice Transaction Set).

2 The implementation convention reference (ST03) is used by the translation routines of the interchange partners to select the appropriate implementation convention to match the transaction set definition.

Comments: Notes: ST*855*TRAN SET CONTROL #

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M ST01 143 Transaction Set Identifier Code M 1 ID 3/3 Code uniquely identifying a Transaction Set 855 Purchase Order Acknowledgment M ST02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set

Page 79: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

79

Segment: BAK Beginning Segment for Purchase Order Acknowledgment Position: 0200 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the beginning of the Purchase Order Acknowledgment

Transaction Set and transmit identifying numbers and dates Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: 1 BAK04 is the date assigned by the purchaser to purchase order. 2 BAK08 is the seller's order number. 3 BAK09 is the date assigned by the sender to the acknowledgment. Comments:

Notes: BAK*11*AT*TXNUM (CSRR-3)*PO Date (See Trading Partner Access Information)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M BAK01 353 Transaction Set Purpose Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying purpose of transaction set 11 Response M BAK02 587 Acknowledgment Type M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of acknowledgment AT Accepted M BAK03 324 Purchase Order Number M 1 AN 1/22 Identifying number for Purchase Order assigned by the

orderer/purchaser TXNUM (CSRR-3) = Transaction Number M BAK04 373 Date M 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year PO Date = Purchase Order Date (See Trading Partner Access

Information)

Page 80: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

80

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 0500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*11*AN (CSRR-13)*AN REF*76*MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) REF*8X*RTNMETH (CSRR-8)*RTNMETH REF*ACC*LRESPONSE(CSRR-155)*LRESPONSE REF*ACC*MIXTYPE (CSRR-12)*MIXTYPE REF*ACC*RESPONSE(CSRR-11)*RESPONSE REF*DP*DEPT (CSRR-22)*DEPT REF*LU*LOCN (CSRR-23)*LOCN

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 11 Account Number Number identifies a telecommunications industry

account 76 Milestone A specific event that can be identified as occurring at

a specific time 8X Transaction Category or Type ACC Status DP Department Number LU Location Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier AN (CSRR-13) = Account Number

MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) = Multiple Match Number RTNMETH (CSRR-8) = Response Return Method LRESPONSE(CSRR-155) = LSTR Response MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = Mixed Response Type RESPONSE(CSRR-11) = Response DEPT (CSRR-22) = Department LOCN (CSRR-23) = Location Number

REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content "AN"

"RTNMETH" "LRESPONSE"

Page 81: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

81

"MIXTYPE" "RESPONSE" "DEPT" "LOCN"

Page 82: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

82

Segment: PAM Period Amount Position: 0950 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To indicate a quantity, and/or amount for an identified period Syntax Notes: 1 If any of PAM01 PAM02 or PAM03 is present, then all are required. 2 At least one of PAM02 PAM05 or PAM14 is required. 3 If either PAM04 or PAM05 is present, then the other is required. 4 If PAM07 is present, then PAM06 is required. 5 If PAM08 is present, then PAM07 is required. 6 If PAM09 is present, then PAM07 is required. 7 If PAM10 is present, then at least one of PAM11 or PAM12 is

required. 8 If PAM11 is present, then PAM10 is required. 9 If either PAM13 or PAM14 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 PAM10, PAM11, or PAM12 are used when two dates are required. 2 PAM15 indicates whether the monetary amount identified in PAM05

is a net or gross value. A "Y" indicates amount is a gross value; an "N" indicates amount is a net value.

Comments: Notes: PAM*4A*WTNNUM (CSRR-107a)*EA

PAM*76*MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92)*EA PAM*FT*PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a)*EA PAM*P6*WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b)*EA PAM*QD*PGRTND (CSRR-9)*EA PAM*TC*CSRSIZE (CSRR-10)*EA

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PAM01 673 Quantity Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 4A Accounts 76 Returns FT Forecast to Complete P6 Number of Services or Procedures QD Quantity Delivered TC Total at Complete PAM02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity WTNNUM (CSRR-107a) = Number of WTNs

MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92) = Number of Major Headings PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a) = Pending Order Quantity WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b) = Number of WTN/ECCKTs Account Group Sections PGRTND (CSRR-9) = Pages Returned CSRSIZE (CSRR-10) = CSR Size

PAM03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use)

Page 83: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

83

M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 84: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

84

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 1500 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: DTM*097*D/TSENT{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-4)*D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRR-4) DTM*600*CSR DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-7b) DTM*825****UN*ORIGDATE (CSRR-16)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 097 Transaction Creation 600 As Of 825 Original Due Date DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year D/TSENT (CSRR-4) = Date Sent

CSR DATE (CSRR-7b) = CSR Date DTM03 337 Time X 1 TM 4/8 Time expressed in 24-hour clock time as follows: HHMM, or HHMMSS,

or HHMMSSD, or HHMMSSDD, where H = hours (00-23), M = minutes (00-59), S = integer seconds (00-59) and DD = decimal seconds; decimal seconds are expressed as follows: D = tenths (0-9) and DD = hundredths (00-99)

D/TSENT{HHMM} (CSRR-4) = Time Sent DTM05 1250 Date Time Period Format Qualifier X 1 ID 2/3 Code indicating the date format, time format, or date and time format UN Unstructured DTM06 1251 Date Time Period X 1 AN 1/35 Expression of a date, a time, or range of dates, times or dates and

times ORIGDATE (CSRR-16) = Original Service Established Date

Page 85: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

85

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 1850 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*IR*TXACT (CSRR-6)*IQ*TXTYP (CSRR-5)*BT*CS (CSRR-17)*CN*ECCKT

(CSRR-14) SI*TI*LB*LTXACT (CSRR-154)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics IR Transaction Activity LB Listing Activity Indicator M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXACT (CSRR-6) = Transaction Activity

LTXACT (CSRR-154) = LSTR Transaction Activity SI04 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics IQ Inquiry Type SI05 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service TXTYP (CSRR-5) = Transaction Type SI06 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics BT Basic Service Type SI07 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service CS (CSRR-17) = Class of Service

Page 86: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

86

SI08 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier X 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics CN Circuit Number Identification SI09 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service ECCKT (CSRR-14) = Exchange Company Circuit ID

Page 87: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

87

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 1900 Loop: Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 200 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*S**TI*USOCDESAV***SO-RSQ*USOCDESCAVAIL (CSRR-7) PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESC (CSRR-21) PID*X**TI*SERVIND*SERVIND (CSRR-15) PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATIND (CSRR-20) PID*X**TI*VCSRIND*VCSR (CSRR-7a)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic ACCTDESC Account Descriptor SERVIND Service Indicator STATIND Status Indicator USOCDESA

V USOC Description Available Indicator

VCSRIND Virtual CSR Indicator

Page 88: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

88

PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content ACCTDESC (CSRR-21) = Account Descriptor

SERVIND (CSRR-15) = Service Indicator STATIND (CSRR-20) = Status Indicator VCSR (CSRR-7a) = Virtual Customer Service Record Indicator

PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source

Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Resellers Questions List PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response USOCDESAVAIL (CSRR-7) = English USOC Description Indicator N No

Page 89: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

89

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*78*CCNA (CSRR-1)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 78 Service Requester N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CCNA (CSRR-1) = Customer Carrier Name Abbreviation

Page 90: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

90

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*EV*RSID (CSRR-18)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual EV Selling Agent N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name RSID (CSRR-18) = Reseller ID

Page 91: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

91

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*EN*CUSTCODE (CSRR-19)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual EN End User N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTCODE (CSRR-19) = Customer Code

Page 92: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

92

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY**25*CC (CSRR-2)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code CC (CSRR-2) = Company Code

Page 93: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

93

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Heading Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*CA**25*LCC (CSRR-153)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual CA Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 25 Carrier's Customer Code N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code LCC (CSRR-153) = LSTR Company Code

Page 94: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

94

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - BAD Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BAD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'B' or MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'E', 'F', or 'I']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BAD"

Page 95: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

95

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*03*ERRNUM (CSRR-137)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity ERRNUM (CSRR-137) = Number of Error Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 96: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

96

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*1Q*ERRCODE (CSRR-138)*ERR [N9 Loop repeats ERRNUM (CSRR-137) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error

found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ERRCODE (CSRR-138) = Error Code N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "ERR"

Page 97: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

97

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRMESG (CSRR-139)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRMESG (CSRR-139) = Error Message

Page 98: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

98

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - ERROR DETAILS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADLST [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'B']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BADLST"

Page 99: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

99

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*03*LERRNUM (CSRR-196)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LERRNUM (CSRR-196) = Number of Errors

Page 100: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

100

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*1Q*LERRCODE (CSRR-197) [N9 Loop repeats LERRNUM (CSRR-196) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error

found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LERRCODE (CSRR-197) = Error Code

Page 101: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

101

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LERRMESG (CSRR-198)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LERRMESG (CSRR-198) = Error Message

Page 102: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

102

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - FILE NAME and PATH SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PATH [PO1 Loop will be used if MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'F']

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "PATH"

Page 103: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

103

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*EV*FILENAMEPATH

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification EV Receiver Identification Number A unique number identifying the organization/site

location designated to receive the current transmitted transaction set

N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "FILENAMEPATH"

Page 104: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

104

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FILENAMEPATH (CSRR-136)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FILENAMEPATH (CSRR-136) = File Name and Path

Page 105: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

105

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - WTN/ECCKT ERROR SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BADWTN [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'T']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BADWTN"

Page 106: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

106

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*03*ERRNUM (CSRR-141)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 03 Discreet Quantity - Rejected Material QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity ERRNUM (CSRR-141) = Number of Error Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 107: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

107

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*82*ERRSUMMSG

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask

a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents

N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "ERRSUMMSG"

Page 108: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

108

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRSUMMSG (CSRR-140)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRSUMMSG (CSRR-140) = Error Summary Message

Page 109: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

109

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*ERRINFO*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats ERRNUM (CSRR-141) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "ERRINFO" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 110: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

110

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 111: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

111

Segment: MTX Text Position: 4950 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**ERRMSG (CSRR-145)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text ERRMSG (CSRR-145) = Error Message

Page 112: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

112

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*1Q*INDEXID (CSRR-142)*INDEXID

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error

found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier INDEXID (CSRR-142) = Index ID N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "INDEXID"

Page 113: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

113

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*1Q*WTN/ECCKT (CSRR-143)*WTN/ECCKT

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error

found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier WTN/ECCKT (CSRR-143) = WTN/ECCKT N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "WTN/ECCKT"

Page 114: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

114

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*1Q*ERRTYPE (CSRR-144)*ERRTYPE

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 1Q Error Identification Code Qualifies a single number that describes an error

found in application-level data N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ERRTYPE (CSRR-144) = Error Type N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "ERRTYPE"

Page 115: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

115

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MULTIPLE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'M']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "MULTIPLE"

Page 116: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

116

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*X**TI*ACCTDESC*ACCTDESC (CSRR-135)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic ACCTDESC Account Descriptor PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content ACCTDESC (CSRR-135) = Account Descriptor

Page 117: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

117

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*76*MATCHNUM (CSRR-108)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity 76 Returns QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity MATCHNUM (CSRR-108) = Number of Matches QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 118: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

118

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*MATCH*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats MATCHNUM (CSRR-108) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "MATCH" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 119: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

119

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 120: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

120

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BT*CS (CSRR-133)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics BT Basic Service Type M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service CS (CSRR-133) = Class of Service

Page 121: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

121

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 5100 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*X**TI*STATIND*STATIND (CSRR-134)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic STATIND Status Indicator PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content STATIND (CSRR-134) = Account Status Indicator

Page 122: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

122

Segment: N1 Name Position: 5760 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*BY*CUST

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual BY Buying Party (Purchaser) N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "CUST"

Page 123: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

123

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 5780 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*CUSTNAME (CSRR-111)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name CUSTNAME (CSRR-111) = Customer Name

Page 124: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

124

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 5900 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-131)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRR-131) = State/Province

Page 125: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

125

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 6000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRR-114) NX2*02*SASN (CSRR-117) NX2*03*SASD (CSRR-116) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-130) NX2*40*SASS (CSRR-119) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRR-113) NX2*61*SASF (CSRR-115) NX2*62*SATH (CSRR-118)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRR-114) = Service Address Number

SASN (CSRR-117) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRR-116) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRR-130) = City SASS (CSRR-119) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRR-113) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRR-115) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRR-118) = Service Address Street Type

Page 126: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

126

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 6100 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 12 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*11*AN (CSRR-110)*AN REF*IX*REFNUM (CSRR-109)*REFNUM

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 11 Account Number Number identifies a telecommunications industry

account IX Item Number REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier AN (CSRR-110) = Account Number

REFNUM (CSRR-109) = Reference Number REF03 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content "AN"

"REFNUM"

Page 127: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

127

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - LISTINGS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*LIST [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' and SERVIND (CSRR-14a) = 'T' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11= 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "LIST"

Page 128: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

128

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-61)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-61) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 129: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

129

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*H7*LOC*AAI

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification H7 Standard Clause N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LOC Location Instructions N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "AAI"

Page 130: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

130

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**AAI (CSRR-57)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text AAI (CSRR-57) = Address Additional Information

Page 131: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

131

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*DH*LISTADD

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual DH Doing Business As N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "LISTADD"

Page 132: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

132

Segment: IN2 Individual Name Structure Components Position: 3850 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To sequence individual name components for maximum specificity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: IN2*01*TITLE1 (CSRR-28)*TITLE1 IN2*01*TITLE2 (CSRR-29)*TITLE2 IN2*02*LNFN (CSRR-25)*LNFN (CSRR-25) IN2*05*LNLN (CSRR-24) IN2*10*TL (CSRR-27)*TL IN2*18*NICK (CSRR-30) IN2*21*DES (CSRR-26)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M IN201 1104 Name Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of name component 01 Prefix 02 First Name 05 Last Name 10 Generation 18 Preferred First Name or Nickname 21 Professional Title M IN202 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name TITLE1 (CSRR-28) = Title of Address 1

TITLE2 (CSRR-29) = Title of Address 2 LNFN (CSRR-25) = Listed Name First LNLN (CSRR-24) = Listed Name Last TL (CSRR-27) = Title of Lineage NICK (CSRR-30) = Nickname DES (CSRR-26) = Designation

IN203 93 Name O 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name LNFN (CSRR-25) = Listed Name First

"TITLE1" "TITLE2" "TL"

Page 133: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

133

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**LAST (CSRR-40)*LAZC (CSRR-41)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency LAST (CSRR-40) = Listed Address State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and

blanks (zip code for United States) LAZC (CSRR-41) = Listed Address Zip/Postal Code

Page 134: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

134

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*LANO (CSRR-32) NX2*02*LASN (CSRR-35) NX2*03*LASD (CSRR-34) NX2*07*LALOC (CSRR-39) NX2*18*LALO (CSRR-38) NX2*40*LASS (CSRR-37) NX2*59*LAPR (CSRR-31) NX2*61*LASF (CSRR-33) NX2*62*LATH (CSRR-36)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 18 Unstructured Mailing Address 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information LANO (CSRR-32) = Listed Address Number

LASN (CSRR-35) = Listed Address Street Name LASD (CSRR-34) = Listed Address Street Directional Prefix LALOC (CSRR-39) = Listed Address Locality LALO (CSRR-38) = Listed Address Location LASS (CSRR-37) = Listed Address Street Directional Suffix LAPR (CSRR-31) = Listed Address Number Prefix LASF (CSRR-33) = Listed Address Number Suffix LATH (CSRR-36) = Listed Address Street Type

Page 135: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

135

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*NAME (CSRR-42)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME (CSRR-42) = Listed Name

Page 136: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

136

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-59)*ZIP (CSRR-60)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRR-59) = State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and

blanks (zip code for United States) ZIP (CSRR-60) = ZIP/Postal Code

Page 137: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

137

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*01*SANO (CSRR-45) NX2*02*SASN (CSRR-48) NX2*03*SASD (CSRR-47) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-58) NX2*40*SASS (CSRR-50) NX2*59*SAPR (CSRR-44) NX2*61*SASF (CSRR-46) NX2*62*SATH (CSRR-49) NX2*LD1 (CSRR-51)*LV1 (CSRR-52) NX2*LD2 (CSRR-53)*LV2 (CSRR-54) NX2*LD3 (CSRR-55)*LV3 (CSRR-56)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component LD1 (CSRR-51) = Location Designator 1

13 = (DWS : APT) 34 = (DWS : LOT) 35 = (DWS : RM) 36 = (DWS : SLIP) 37 = (DWS : UNIT) 14 = (DWS : SUIT) LD2 (CSRR-53) = Location Designator 2 32 = (DWS : FLR) LD3 (CSRR-55) = Location Designator 3 12 = (DWS : BLDG) 63 = (DWS : WNG) 30 = (DWS : PIER)

01 Street Number 02 Street Name 03 Prefix Direction 07 City Name 12 Building Name 13 Apartment Number 14 Suite Number 30 Pier The pier at which a ship or boat is docked 32 Floor A particular floor or level of a building

Page 138: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

138

34 Lot A particular lot or piece of land 35 Room A walled room or partitioned area of a building 36 Slip The slip or location on a pier at which a ship or boat

is docked 37 Unit A unit or separate structure 40 Street Suffix 59 Street Number Low 61 Street Number Fraction 62 Street Name Suffix 63 Secondary Unit Identifier M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information SANO (CSRR-45) = Street Address Number

SASN (CSRR-48) = Service Address Street Name SASD (CSRR-47) = Service Address Street Directional Prefix CITY (CSRR-58) = City SASS (CSRR-50) = Service Address Street Directional Suffix SAPR (CSRR-44) = Service Address Number Prefix SASF (CSRR-46) = Service Address Number Suffix SATH (CSRR-49) = Service Address Street Type LV1 (CSRR-52) = Location Value 1 LV2 (CSRR-54) = Location Value 2 LV3 (CSRR-56) = Location Value 3

Page 139: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

139

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA****SH*RTY (CSRR-64a) [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-61) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity

Page 140: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

140

1 Always One SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each SLN09 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) SH Service Requested A numeric or alphanumeric code from a list of

services available to the customer SLN10 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service RTY (CSRR-64a) = Record Type

Page 141: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

141

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BO*BRO (CSRR-64u)

SI*TI*BR*TOA (CSRR-60a) SI*TI*LB*ALI (CSRR-64n) SI*TI*LE*LTY (CSRR-64b) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-64f) SI*TI*NS*NSTN (CSRR-64c) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-64e)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics BO Business/Residence Placement Override BR Directory Listins Type of Account LB Listing Activity Indicator LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number NS Non-Standard Telephone Number TW Style Code M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service BRO (CSRR-64u) = Business/Residence Placement Override

TOA (CSRR-60a) = Type of Account ALI (CSRR-64n) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code LTY (CSRR-64b) = Listing Type LTN (CSRR-64f) = Listed Telephone Number NSTN (CSRR-64c) = Non-Standard Telephone Number STYC (CSRR-64e) = Style Code

Page 142: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

142

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 5100 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1000 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTN (CSRR-64d) PID*S**TI*AS***SO-RSQ*LNPL (CSRR-64g) PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADI (CSRR-64q) PID*S**TI*AW***SO-RSQ*DML (CSRR-64r) PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSL (CSRR-64s) PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKT (CSRR-64t)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic AR Omit Telephone Number AS Listed Name Placement AT Address Indicator AW Direct Mail List AX No Solicitation Indicator AY Telemarketing

Page 143: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

143

PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source

Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Reseller Questions PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response OMTN (CSRR-64d) = Omit Telephone Number (TN)

Y = (DWS: O - Omit) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) LNPL (CSRR-64g) = Letter Name Placement Y = (DWS: L - Letter Placement) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Default to Letter Placement) ADI (CSRR-64q) = Address Indicator Y = (DWS: O - Omit Address in DA and Directory) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) DML (CSRR-64r) = Direct Mail List Y = (DWS: 0 - Omit) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) TMKT (CSRR-64t) = Telemarketing Y = (DWS: O - Omit from Telemarketing) Blank, Not Populated = (DWS: Blank - Do Not Omit) NOSL (CSRR-64s) = No Solicitation Indicator

Y Yes

Page 144: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

144

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-65)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-65) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 145: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

145

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*82*PLA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask

a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents

N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "PLA"

Page 146: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

146

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**PLA (CSRR-64h)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text PLA (CSRR-64h) = Place Listing As

Page 147: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

147

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*82*LTXTY*LTXTY (CSRR-64o)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask

a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents

N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LTXTY" N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text LTXTY (CSRR-64o) = Listing Text Type

Page 148: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

148

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LTEXT (CSRR-64p)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LTEXT (CSRR-64p) = Listing Text

Page 149: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

149

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-63)*LFID

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-63) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"

Page 150: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

150

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-64)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-64) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data

Page 151: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

151

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-66)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-65) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-66) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 152: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

152

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-67)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-67) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 153: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

153

Segment: N1 Name Position: 5760 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*DH*LISTINGS

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual DH Doing Business As N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "LISTINGS"

Page 154: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

154

Segment: IN2 Individual Name Structure Components Position: 5790 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To sequence individual name components for maximum specificity Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: IN2*01*TITLE1D (CSRR-64m)*TITLE1D IN2*10*TL (CSRR-64i)*TL IN2*10*TLD (CSRR-64k*TLD IN2*12*DESD (CSRR-64l)*DESD

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M IN201 1104 Name Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type of name component 01 Prefix 10 Generation 12 Combined (Unstructured) Name M IN202 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name TITLE1D (CSRR-64m) = Title of Address 1 for Dual Name

TL (CSRR-64i) = Title of Lineage TLD (CSRR-64k) = Title of Lineage for Dual Name DESD (CSRR-64l) = Designation for Dual Name

Page 155: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

155

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - BILLING SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*BILL [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "BILL"

Page 156: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

156

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-76)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-76) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 157: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

157

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*X1*BILLNM (CSRR-68)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual XI Original Claimant N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name BILLNM (CSRR-68) = Bill Name

Page 158: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

158

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*SBILLNM (CSRR-69)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name SBILLNM (CSR-69) = Secondary Bill Name

Page 159: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

159

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*IT*BADD

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual IT Installation on Site N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name "BADD"

Page 160: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

160

Segment: N4 Geographic Location Position: 4000 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify the geographic place of the named party Syntax Notes: 1 Only one of N402 or N407 may be present. 2 If N406 is present, then N405 is required. 3 If N407 is present, then N404 is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 A combination of either N401 through N404, or N405 and N406 may

be adequate to specify a location. 2 N402 is required only if city name (N401) is in the U.S. or Canada.

Notes: N4**STATE (CSRR-74)*ZIP (CSRR-75)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes N402 156 State or Province Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code (Standard State/Province) as defined by appropriate government

agency STATE (CSRR-74) = State/Province N403 116 Postal Code O 1 ID 3/15 Code defining international postal zone code excluding punctuation and

blanks (zip code for United States) ZIP (CSRR-75) = ZIP/Postal Code

Page 161: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

161

Segment: NX2 Location ID Component Position: 4050 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To define types and values of a geographic location Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: NX2*02*STREET (CSRR-70) NX2*07*CITY (CSRR-73) NX2*32*FLOOR (CSRR-71) NX2*35*ROOM/MAIL STOP (CSRR-72)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M NX201 1106 Address Component Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code qualifying the type of address component 02 Street Name 07 City Name 32 Floor A particular floor or level of a building 35 Room A walled room or partitioned area of a building M NX202 166 Address Information M 1 AN 1/55 Address information STREET (CSRR-70) = Street Address

CITY (CSRR-73) = City FLOOR (CSRR-71) = Floor ROOM/MAIL STOP (CSRR-72) = Room/Mail Stop

Page 162: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

162

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-76) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 163: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

163

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 164: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

164

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-79)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-79) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 165: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

165

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-77)*LFID

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-77) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"

Page 166: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

166

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-78)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-78) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data

Page 167: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

167

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-80)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-79) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-80) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 168: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

168

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-81)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-81) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 169: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

169

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - USOC SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)

Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEUSOC [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "SEUSOC"

Page 170: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

170

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*P6*USOCNUM (CSRR-82)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCNUM (CSRR-82) = Number of Universal Service Order Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 171: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

171

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUM (CSRR-82) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "USOC" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 172: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

172

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 173: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

173

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-89)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-89) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 174: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

174

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*P6*USOCQTY (CSRR-85)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCQTY (CSRR-85) = Quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 175: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

175

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5610 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SC*USOC (CSRR-83)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics SC Service Category M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service USOC (CSRR-83) = Universal Service Order Code

Page 176: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

176

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-90)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-89) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-90) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 177: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

177

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-91)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-91) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 178: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

178

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*P4*USOCDESC

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification P4 Project Code N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "USOCDESC"

Page 179: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

179

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-84)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-84) = English USOC Description

Page 180: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

180

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MAJOR HEADING SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)

Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*SEMAJHD [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T'] [PO1 Loop repeats MAJHDNUM (CSRR-92) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "SEMAJHD"

Page 181: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

181

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*X**TI*HEADNAME (CSRR-93)*HEADDTL (CSRR-94)**MAJHD

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description X Semi-structured (Code and Text) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic HEADNAME (CSRR-93) = Heading Name PID05 352 Description X 1 AN 1/80 A free-form description to clarify the related data elements and their

content HEADDTL (CSRR-94) = Heading Details PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source

Qualifier "MAJHD"

Page 182: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

182

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*P6*USOCNUM (CSRR-98)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCNUM (CSRR-98) = Number of Universal Service Order Codes QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 183: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

183

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-95)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-95) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 184: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

184

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-96)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-95) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-96) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 185: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

185

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-97)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-97) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 186: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

186

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*USOC*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats USOCNUM (CSRR-98) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "USOC" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 187: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

187

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 188: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

188

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-105)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-105) = Number of Floating Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 189: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

189

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*P6*USOCQTY (CSRR-101)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity USOCQTY (CSRR-101) = Quantity QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 190: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

190

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5610 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*SC*USOC (CSRR-99)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics SC Service Category M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service USOC (CSRR-99) = Universal Service Order Code

Page 191: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

191

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-106)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-105) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-106) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 192: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

192

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-107)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-107) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 193: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

193

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*P4*USOCDESC

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification P4 Project Code N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "USOCDESC"

Page 194: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

194

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-100)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-100) = English USOC Description

Page 195: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

195

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - FEATURE and FEATURE DETAIL SECTION (Services and Equipment Section)

Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*FEATURE [PO1 Loop will be used if RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'G' or RESPONSE (CSRR-11) = 'M' and MIXTYPE (CSRR-12) = 'I' or 'T'] [PO1 Loop repeats WTNSECNUM (CSRR-107b times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "FEATURE"

Page 196: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

196

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*LZ*LSCP (CSRR-107f)

SI*TI*PE*PUL (CSRR-107h) SI*TI*TB*BLOCK (CSRR-107g) SI*TI*WT*WTN (CSRR-107c)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics LZ Freeze Local Service Provider PE Pulse Type TB Blocking/Billing Exception WT Working Telephone Number M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service LSCP (CSRR-107f) = Local Service Provider Change Prohibited

PUL (CSRR-107h) = Pulsing Type BLOCK (CSRR-107g) = BLOCK WTN (CSRR-107c) = Working Telephone Number

Page 197: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

197

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*AT*FEATNUM (CSRR-107s)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity AT Actual QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FEATNUM (CSRR-107s) = Feature Number QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 198: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

198

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i) = Number of Left Handed Field Identifiers QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 199: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

199

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*P9**41*PIC

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual P9 Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC) Identifies the carrier who will handle the

interexchange calls N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 41 Telecommunications Carrier Identification Code Identifies the Interexchange carrier for the charges

being billed N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code "PIC"

Page 200: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

200

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*PIC (CSRR-107d)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name PIC (CSRR-107d) = InterLATA Pre-subscription Indicator Code

Page 201: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

201

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*8V**41*LPIC

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 8V Primary Intra-LATA (Local Access Transport Area)

Carrier N103 66 Identification Code Qualifier X 1 ID 1/2 Code designating the system/method of code structure used for

Identification Code (67) 41 Telecommunications Carrier Identification Code Identifies the Interexchange carrier for the charges

being billed N104 67 Identification Code X 1 AN 2/80 Code identifying a party or other code "LPIC"

Page 202: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

202

Segment: N2 Additional Name Information Position: 3800 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 2 Purpose: To specify additional names Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: N2*LPIC (CSRR-107e)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N201 93 Name M 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name LPIC (CSRR-107e) = IntraLATA Pre-subscription Indicator Code

Page 203: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

203

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*FEATURE*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats FEATNUM (CSRR-107s) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "FEATURE" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 204: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

204

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 205: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

205

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*TO*FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity TO Total QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w) = Feature Detail Number QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 206: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

206

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*IX*FEATDET (CSRR-107s)*FEATDET [N9 Loop repeats FEATDETNUM (CSRR-107w) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATDET (CSRR-107s) = Feature Detail N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FEATDET"

Page 207: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

207

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FEATDETDATA (CSRR-107y)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FEATDETDATA (CSRR-107y) = Feature Detail Data

Page 208: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

208

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*IX*FEATQTY (CSRR-107t)*FEATQTY

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification IX Item Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATQTY (CSRR-107t) = Feature Quantity N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FEATQTY"

Page 209: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

209

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*L1*FEATURE (CSRR-107u)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification L1 Letters or Notes N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FEATURE (CSRR-107u) = Feature

Page 210: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

210

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**USOCDESC (CSRR-107v)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text USOCDESC (CSRR-107v) = English USOC Description

Page 211: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

211

Segment: SLN Subline Item Detail Position: 4900 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify product subline detail item data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SLN04 or SLN05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If SLN07 is present, then SLN06 is required. 3 If SLN08 is present, then SLN06 is required. 4 If either SLN09 or SLN10 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SLN11 or SLN12 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SLN13 or SLN14 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SLN15 or SLN16 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SLN17 or SLN18 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SLN19 or SLN20 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either SLN21 or SLN22 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either SLN23 or SLN24 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either SLN25 or SLN26 is present, then the other is required. 13 If either SLN27 or SLN28 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 SLN01 is the identifying number for the subline item. 2 SLN02 is the identifying number for the subline level. The subline

level is analogous to the level code used in a bill of materials. 3 SLN03 is the configuration code indicating the relationship of the

subline item to the baseline item. 4 SLN08 is a code indicating the relationship of the price or amount to

the associated segment. Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 SLN01 is related to (but not necessarily equivalent to) the baseline

item number. Example: 1.1 or 1A might be used as a subline number to relate to baseline number 1.

3 SLN09 through SLN28 provide for ten different product/service IDs for each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: SLN*FID*n*A*1*EA [SLN Loop repeats LFIDNUM (CSRR-107i) times]

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SLN01 350 Assigned Identification M 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "FID" SLN02 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within SLN loop M SLN03 662 Relationship Code M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the relationship between entities A Add SLN04 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity 1 Always One

Page 212: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

212

SLN05 C001 Composite Unit of Measure X 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 213: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

213

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 5000 Loop: SLN Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*HG*HID (CSRR-107n)

SI*TI*HY*HNTYP (CSRR-107m) SI*TI*T5*TERS (CSRR-107l)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics HG Hunt Group HY Hunt T5 Terminal Number M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service HID (CSRR-107n) = Hunt Group Identification

HNTYP (CSRR-107m) = Hunting Type Code TERS (CSRR-107l) = Terminal Numbers

Page 214: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

214

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 5590 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*N4*FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p)*EA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity N4 Number of Times QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p) = Number of Floating FIDs QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 215: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

215

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*55*HTSEQ

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 55 Sequence Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "HTSEQ"

Page 216: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

216

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**HTSEQ (CSRR-107o)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text HTSEQ (CSRR-107o) = Hunting Sequence

Page 217: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

217

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*LFID (CSRR-107j)*LFID

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier LFID (CSRR-107j) = Left Handed Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "LFID"

Page 218: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

218

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LFIDDATA (CSRR-107k)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LFIDDATA (CSRR-107k) = Left Handed Field Identifier Data

Page 219: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

219

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 5630 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JH*FFID (CSRR-107q)*FFID [N9 Loop repeats FFIDNUM (CSRR-107p) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JH Tag N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier FFID (CSRR-107q) = Floating Field Identifier N903 369 Free-form Description X 1 AN 1/45 Free-form descriptive text "FFID"

Page 220: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

220

Segment: MTX Text Position: 5650 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**FFIDDATA (CSRR-107r)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text FFIDDATA (CSRR-107r) = Floating Field Identifier Data

Page 221: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

221

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - EXACT MATCH RESPONSE SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*EMRS*SH*RTY (CSRR-168)*LS*SO (CSRR-183) [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'G']

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "EMRS" PO108 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) SH Service Requested

Page 222: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

222

A numeric or alphanumeric code from a list of services available to the customer

PO109 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service RTY (CSRR-168) = Record Type PO110 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) LS Load Sequence PO111 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service SO (CSRR-183) = Sequence Override

Page 223: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

223

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*BO*BRO (CSRR-173)

SI*TI*BR*TOA (CSRR-170) SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRR-161) SI*TI*DG*DOI (CSRR-171) SI*TI*DN*DIRNAME (CSRR-160) SI*TI*LE*LTY (CSRR-169) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-156) SI*TI*NS*NSTN (CSRR-175) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-182) SI*TI*TY*TOS (CSRR-159)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics BO Business/Residence Placement Override BR Directory Listings Type of Account DB Directory Book DG Degree of Indent DN Directory Book Name LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number NS Non-Standard Telephone Number TW Style Code TY Type of Service M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service BRO (CSRR-173) = Business/Residence Placement Override

TOA (CSRR-170) = Type of Account

Page 224: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

224

DIRIDL (CSRR-161) = Directory Identifier DOI (CSRR-171) = Degree of Indent DIRNAME (CSRR-160) = Directory Name LTY (CSRR-169) = Listing Type LTN (CSRR-156) = Listed Telephone Number NSTN (CSRR-175) = Non-Standard Telephone Number STYC (CSRR-182) = Style Code TOS (CSRR-159) = Type of Service

Page 225: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

225

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*S**TI*AR***SO-RSQ*OMTN (CSRR-178) PID*S**TI*AT***SO-RSQ*ADI (CSRR-180) PID*S**TI*AX***SO-RSQ*NOSL (CSRR-179) PID*S**TI*AY***SO-RSQ*TMKT (CSRR-172)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic AR Omit Telephone Number AT Address Indicator AX No Solicitation Indicator AY Telemarketing PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source

Qualifier "SO-RSQ"

Page 226: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

226

PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response ADI (CSRR-180) = Address Indicator

Y = (DWS: O - Omit in DA and directory) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do not omit) OMTN (CSRR-178) = Omit Telephone Number (TN) Y = (DWS: O - Omit) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do Not Omit) TMKT (CSRR-172) = Telemarketing Y = (DWS: O - Omit from Telemarketing) Blank = (DWS: Blank, Not populated - Do not Omit) NOSL (CSRR-179) = No Solicitation Indicator

Y Yes

Page 227: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

227

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*6O*REF (CSRR-163) REF*LI*ALI (CSRR-167)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number LI Line Item Identifier (Seller's) REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRR-163) = Reference

ALI (CSRR-167) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code

Page 228: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

228

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 2000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: DTM*198*SCD{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-157)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time 198 Completion Date when the activity was completed DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year SCD (CSRR-157) = Service Completion Date

Page 229: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

229

Segment: QTY Quantity Position: 3000 Loop: QTY Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify quantity information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of QTY02 or QTY04 is required. 2 Only one of QTY02 or QTY04 may be present. Semantic Notes: 1 QTY04 is used when the quantity is non-numeric. Comments:

Notes: QTY*31*DIRQTYA (CSRR-166)*DY

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M QTY01 673 Quantity Qualifier M 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the type of quantity P6 Number of Services or Procedures QTY02 380 Quantity X 1 R 1/15 Numeric value of quantity DIRQTYA (CSRR-166) = Number of Directories for Annual Delivery QTY03 C001 Composite Unit of Measure O 1 To identify a composite unit of measure (See Figures Appendix for

examples of use) M C00101 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code M ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each

Page 230: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

230

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*82*PLA

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 82 Data Item Description (DID) Reference Specific data elements that the government will ask

a contractor to provide and are spelled out in specific requirement documents

N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "PLA"

Page 231: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

231

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**PLA (CSRR-177)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text PLA (CSRR-177) = Place Listings As

Page 232: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

232

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JD*LISTNAME

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JD User Identification N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LISTNAME"

Page 233: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

233

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LISTNM (CSRR-176)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LISTNM (CSRR-176) = Listed Name

Page 234: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

234

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*JD* LIST ADDRESS

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification JD User Identification N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "LIST ADDRESS"

Page 235: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

235

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**LISTADD (CSRR-181)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text LISTADD (CSRR-181) = Listed Address

Page 236: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

236

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*LU*SEVICE ADDRESS

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification LU Location Number N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "SERVICE ADDRESS"

Page 237: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

237

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**SERVADR (CSRR-164)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text SERVADR (CSRR-164) = Service Address

Page 238: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

238

Segment: N9 Reference Identification Position: 3500 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit identifying information as specified by the Reference

Identification Qualifier Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N902 or N903 is required. 2 If N906 is present, then N905 is required. 3 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 N906 reflects the time zone which the time reflects. 2 N907 contains data relating to the value cited in N902. Comments:

Notes: N9*KK*DELIVERY ADDRESS

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N901 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification KK Delivery Reference N902 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier "DELIVERY ADDRESS"

Page 239: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

239

Segment: MTX Text Position: 3600 Loop: N9 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify textual data Syntax Notes: 1 If MTX01 is present, then MTX02 is required. 2 If MTX03 is present, then MTX02 is required. 3 If MTX05 is present, then MTX04 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 MTX05 is the number of lines to advance before printing. Comments: 1 If MTX04 is "AA - Advance the specific number of lines before print",

then MTX05 is required. Notes: MTX**DELIVERY ADDRESS (CSRR-165)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes MTX02 1551 Message Text X 1 AN 1/4096 To transmit large volumes of message text DELIVERY ADDRESS (CSRR-165) = Delivery Address

Page 240: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

240

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRR-162)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRR-162) = Name Control

Page 241: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

241

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - MULTIPLE MATCH RESPONSE SECTION

Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*MMRS [PO1 Loop will be used if LRESPONSE (CSRR-155) = 'M'] [PO1 Loop repeats MATCHQTY (CSRR-184) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "MMRS"

Page 242: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

242

Segment: SI Service Characteristic Identification Position: 0180 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify service characteristic data Syntax Notes: 1 If either SI04 or SI05 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either SI06 or SI07 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either SI08 or SI09 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either SI10 or SI11 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either SI12 or SI13 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either SI14 or SI15 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either SI16 or SI17 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either SI18 or SI19 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either SI20 or SI21 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SI01 defines the source for each of the service characteristics

qualifiers. Notes: SI*TI*DB*DIRIDL (CSRR-188)

SI*TI*DN*DIRNAME (CSRR-187) SI*TI*F5*FCC (CSRR-195) SI*TI*LE*REC TYPE (CSRR-186) SI*TI*LN*LTN (CSRR-185) SI*TI*MM*TMF CODE (CSRR-193) SI*TI*R7*REGION (CSRR-194) SI*TI*TW*STYC (CSRR-192)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SI01 559 Agency Qualifier Code M 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry M SI02 1000 Service Characteristics Qualifier M 1 AN 2/2 Code from an industry code list qualifying the type of service

characteristics LNLN (CSRR-20) = Listed Name Last

LNFN (CSRR-21) = Listed Name First DES (CSRR-22) = Designation TL (CSRR-23) = Title of Lineage TITLE1 (CSRR-24) = Title of Address 1 TITLE2 (CSRR-25) = Title of Address 2 NICK (CSRR-26) = Nickname

DB Directory Book DN Directory Book Name F5 File Control LE Listing Type LN Listed Telephone Number MM Telephone Master File R7 Region TW Style Code M SI03 234 Product/Service ID M 1 AN 1/48

Page 243: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

243

Identifying number for a product or service DIRIDL (CSRR-188) = Directory Identifier

DIRNAME (CSRR-187) = Directory Name FCC (CSRR-195) = File Control Code REC TYPE (CSRR-186) = Record Type LTN (CSRR-185) = Listed Telephone Number TMF CODE (CSRR-193) = Telephone Master File Code REGION (CSRR-194) = Region STYC (CSRR-192) = Style Code

Page 244: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

244

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*6O*REF (CSRR-190) REF*LI**ALI (CSRR-191)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification 6O Cross Reference Number L1 Letters or Notes REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier REF (CSRR-190) = Reference

ALI (CSRR-191) = Alphanumeric Listing Identifier Code

Page 245: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

245

Segment: N1 Name Position: 3700 Loop: N1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To identify a party by type of organization, name, and code Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of N102 or N103 is required. 2 If either N103 or N104 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment, used alone, provides the most efficient method of

providing organizational identification. To obtain this efficiency the "ID Code" (N104) must provide a key to the table maintained by the transaction processing party.

2 N105 and N106 further define the type of entity in N101. Notes: N1*1A*NAME CONTROL (CSRR-189)

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M N101 98 Entity Identifier Code M 1 ID 2/3 Code identifying an organizational entity, a physical location, property or

an individual 1A Subgroup N102 93 Name X 1 AN 1/60 Free-form name NAME CONTROL (CSRR-189) = Name Control

Page 246: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

246

Segment: PO1 Baseline Item Data - PENDING ORDERS SECTION Position: 0100 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To specify basic and most frequently used line item data Syntax Notes: 1 If PO103 is present, then PO102 is required. 2 If PO105 is present, then PO104 is required. 3 If either PO106 or PO107 is present, then the other is required. 4 If either PO108 or PO109 is present, then the other is required. 5 If either PO110 or PO111 is present, then the other is required. 6 If either PO112 or PO113 is present, then the other is required. 7 If either PO114 or PO115 is present, then the other is required. 8 If either PO116 or PO117 is present, then the other is required. 9 If either PO118 or PO119 is present, then the other is required. 10 If either PO120 or PO121 is present, then the other is required. 11 If either PO122 or PO123 is present, then the other is required. 12 If either PO124 or PO125 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 See the Data Element Dictionary for a complete list of IDs. 2 PO101 is the line item identification. 3 PO106 through PO125 provide for ten different product/service IDs

per each item. For example: Case, Color, Drawing No., U.P.C. No., ISBN No., Model No., or SKU.

Notes: PO1*n*1*EA***ZZ*PNDODRS [PO1 Loop repeats PENDING ORDER QTY (CSRR-135a) times]

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes PO101 350 Assigned Identification O 1 AN 1/20 Alphanumeric characters assigned for differentiation within a

transaction set "n" = nth assigned ID within PO1 loop PO102 330 Quantity Ordered X 1 R 1/15 Quantity ordered 1 Always One PO103 355 Unit or Basis for Measurement Code O 1 ID 2/2 Code specifying the units in which a value is being expressed, or

manner in which a measurement has been taken EA Each PO106 235 Product/Service ID Qualifier X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the type/source of the descriptive number used in

Product/Service ID (234) ZZ Mutually Defined PO107 234 Product/Service ID X 1 AN 1/48 Identifying number for a product or service "PNDODRS"

Page 247: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

247

Segment: PID Product/Item Description Position: 0500 Loop: PID Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To describe a product or process in coded or free-form format Syntax Notes: 1 If PID04 is present, then PID03 is required. 2 At least one of PID04 or PID05 is required. 3 If PID07 is present, then PID03 is required. 4 If PID08 is present, then PID04 is required. 5 If PID09 is present, then PID05 is required. Semantic Notes: 1 Use PID03 to indicate the organization that publishes the code list

being referred to. 2 PID04 should be used for industry-specific product description

codes. 3 PID08 describes the physical characteristics of the product identified

in PID04. A "Y" indicates that the specified attribute applies to this item; an "N" indicates it does not apply. Any other value is indeterminate.

4 PID09 is used to identify the language being used in PID05. Comments: 1 If PID01 equals "F", then PID05 is used. If PID01 equals "S", then

PID04 is used. If PID01 equals "X", then both PID04 and PID05 are used.

2 Use PID06 when necessary to refer to the product surface or layer being described in the segment.

3 PID07 specifies the individual code list of the agency specified in PID03.

Notes: PID*S**TI*DB***SO-RSQ*MERGE INDICATOR (CSRR-135d)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M PID01 349 Item Description Type M 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating the format of a description S Structured (From Industry Code List) PID03 559 Agency Qualifier Code X 1 ID 2/2 Code identifying the agency assigning the code values TI Telecommunications Industry PID04 751 Product Description Code X 1 AN 1/12 A code from an industry code list which provides specific data about a

product characteristic DB Merge Indicator PID07 822 Source Subqualifier O 1 AN 1/15 A reference that indicates the table or text maintained by the Source

Qualifier SO-RSQ Service Order - Resellers Questions PID08 1073 Yes/No Condition or Response Code O 1 ID 1/1 Code indicating a Yes or No condition or response MERGE INDICATOR (CSRR-135d) = Merge Indicator N No Y Yes

Page 248: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

248

Segment: REF Reference Identification Position: 1000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: >1 Purpose: To specify identifying information Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of REF02 or REF03 is required. 2 If either C04003 or C04004 is present, then the other is required. 3 If either C04005 or C04006 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: 1 REF04 contains data relating to the value cited in REF02. Comments:

Notes: REF*OW*ORDER NUMBER (CSRR-135b))

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M REF01 128 Reference Identification Qualifier M 1 ID 2/3 Code qualifying the Reference Identification OW Service Order Number Number assigned when a customer orders service

and equipment and which appears on bill REF02 127 Reference Identification X 1 AN 1/50 Reference information as defined for a particular Transaction Set or as

specified by the Reference Identification Qualifier ORDER NUMBER (CSRR-135b) = Order Number

Page 249: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

249

Segment: DTM Date/Time Reference Position: 2000 Loop: PO1 Optional Level: Detail Usage: Optional Max Use: 10 Purpose: To specify pertinent dates and times Syntax Notes: 1 At least one of DTM02 DTM03 or DTM05 is required. 2 If DTM04 is present, then DTM03 is required. 3 If either DTM05 or DTM06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments:

Notes: DTM*AAG*ORDER DUE DATE{CCYYMMDD} (CSRR-135c)

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M DTM01 374 Date/Time Qualifier M 1 ID 3/3 Code specifying type of date or time, or both date and time AAG Due Date DTM02 373 Date X 1 DT 8/8 Date expressed as CCYYMMDD where CC represents the first two

digits of the calendar year ORDER DUE DATE (CSRR-135c) = Order Due

Page 250: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

250

Segment: CTT Transaction Totals Position: 0100 Loop: CTT Optional Level: Summary Usage: Optional Max Use: 1 Purpose: To transmit a hash total for a specific element in the transaction set Syntax Notes: 1 If either CTT03 or CTT04 is present, then the other is required. 2 If either CTT05 or CTT06 is present, then the other is required. Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 This segment is intended to provide hash totals to validate

transaction completeness and correctness. Notes: CTT*Number of PO1 Segments

Data Element Summary

Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M CTT01 354 Number of Line Items M 1 N0 1/6 Total number of line items in the transaction set

Page 251: Customer Service Record Transaction CycleIMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document Document Release: February 24, 2006  2 2. Customer Service …

IMA EDI 19.0 Disclosure Document

Document Release: February 24, 2006 http://www.qwest.com/disclosures/netdisclosure409.html

251

Segment: SE Transaction Set Trailer Position: 0300 Loop: Level: Summary Usage: Mandatory Max Use: 1 Purpose: To indicate the end of the transaction set and provide the count of the

transmitted segments (including the beginning (ST) and ending (SE) segments)

Syntax Notes: Semantic Notes: Comments: 1 SE is the last segment of each transaction set.

Notes: SE*Number of Segments*TRAN SET CONTROL#

Data Element Summary Ref. Data Des. Element Name Attributes M SE01 96 Number of Included Segments M 1 N0 1/10 Total number of segments included in a transaction set including ST

and SE segments M SE02 329 Transaction Set Control Number M 1 AN 4/9 Identifying control number that must be unique within the transaction set

functional group assigned by the originator for a transaction set